]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - src/shared/linux/nl80211.h
headers: add spdx tags to imported files with a known license
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / src / shared / linux / nl80211.h
CommitLineData
448e7440
ZJS
1/* SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT */
2
78404d22
YW
3#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
4#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
5/*
6 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
7 *
8 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
10 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
12 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
13 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
14 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
15 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
16 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
17 *
18 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
19 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
20 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
21 *
22 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
23 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
24 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
25 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
26 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
27 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
28 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
29 *
30 */
31
32/*
33 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
34 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
35 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
36 *
37 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
38 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
39 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
40 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
41 * can actually be identified and removed.
42 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 */
44
45#include <linux/types.h>
46
47#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
48
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
54#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
55#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
56
57#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
58#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
59#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
60#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
61
62/**
63 * DOC: Station handling
64 *
65 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
66 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
67 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
68 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
69 * to.
70 *
71 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
72 * capabilities.
73 *
74 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
75 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
76 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
77 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
78 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
79 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
80 * time mark it authorized.
81 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
82 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
83 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
84 *
85 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
86 */
87
88/**
89 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
90 *
91 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
92 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
93 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
94 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
95 * for various reasons.
96 *
97 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
98 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
99 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
100 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
101 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
102 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
103 * for doing that.
104 *
105 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
106 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
107 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
108 *
109 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
110 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
111 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
112 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
113 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
114 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
115 *
116 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
117 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
118 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
119 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
120 *
121 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
122 * below.
123 */
124
125/**
126 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
127 *
128 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
129 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
130 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
131 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
132 *
133 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
134 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
135 * types there no concurrency is implied.
136 *
137 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
138 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
139 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
140 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
141 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
142 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
143 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
144 *
145 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
146 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
147 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
148 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
149 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
150 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
151 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
152 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
153 *
154 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
155 * interfaces that a given device supports.
156 */
157
158/**
159 * DOC: packet coalesce support
160 *
161 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
162 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
163 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
164 * and power consumption.
165 *
166 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
167 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
168 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
169 * following events occur.
170 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
171 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
172 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
173 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
174 *
175 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
176 * rule.
177 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
178 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
179 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
180 * Multiple such rules can be created.
181 */
182
183/**
184 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
185 *
186 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
187 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
188 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
189 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
190 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
191 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
192 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
193 *
194 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
195 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
196 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
197 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
198 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
199 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
200 *
201 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
202 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
203 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
204 */
205
206/**
207 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
208 *
209 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
210 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
211 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
212 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
213 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
214 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
215 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
218 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
220 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
221 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
222 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
223 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
224 *
225 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
226 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
227 * up a connection or after roaming.
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
229 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
230 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
231 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
232 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
233 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
234 *
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
236 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
237 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
238 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
239 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
240 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
241 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
242 */
243
244/**
245 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
246 *
247 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
248 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
249 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
250 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
251 */
252
253/**
254 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
255 *
256 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
257 *
258 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
259 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
260 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
261 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
262 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
263 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
264 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
265 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
266 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
267 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
268 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
269 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
270 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
271 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
272 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
273 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
274 *
275 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
276 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
277 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
278 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
279 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
280 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
281 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
282 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
283 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
284 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
285 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
286 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
287 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
288 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
289 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
290 *
291 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
292 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
293 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
295 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
297 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
298 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
299 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
300 *
301 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
302 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
303 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
304 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
305 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
306 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
307 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
308 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
309 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
310 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
311 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
313 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
314 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
315 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
316 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
317 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
318 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
319 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
320 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
321 *
322 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
323 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
324 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
325 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
326 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
327 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
328 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
329 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
330 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
331 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
332 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
333 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
334 * frame).
335 *
336 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
337 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
338 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
339 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
340 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
341 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
342 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
343 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
344 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
346 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
347 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
348 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
349 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
350 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
351 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
352 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
353 *
354 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
355 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
356 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
357 * global regdomain will be returned.
358 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
359 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
360 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
361 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
362 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
363 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
364 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
365 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
366 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
367 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
368 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
369 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
370 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
371 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
372 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
374 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
375 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
376 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
377 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
378 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
379 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
380 *
381 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
382 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
383 *
384 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
385 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
386 *
387 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
388 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
389 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
390 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
391 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
392 * added to all specified management frames generated by
393 * kernel/firmware/driver.
394 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
395 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
396 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
397 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
398 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
399 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
400 *
401 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
402 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
403 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
404 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
405 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
406 * be used.
407 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
408 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
409 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
410 * partial scan results may be available
411 *
412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
413 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
414 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
415 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
416 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
417 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
418 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
419 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
420 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
421 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
422 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
423 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
424 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
425 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
426 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
427 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
428 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
429 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
430 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
431 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
432 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
433 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
434 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
435 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
436 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
437 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
438 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
439 * results available.
440 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
441 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
442 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
443 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
444 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
445 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
446 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
447 *
448 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
449 * or noise level
450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
451 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
452 *
453 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
454 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
455 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
456 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
457 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
458 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
459 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
460 * ESS.
461 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
462 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
463 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
464 * authentication.
465 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
466 *
467 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
468 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
469 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
470 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
471 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
472 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
473 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
474 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
475 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
476 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
477 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
478 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
479 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
480 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
481 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
482 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
483 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
484 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
485 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
486 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
487 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
488 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
489 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
490 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
491 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
492 * the beacon hint was processed.
493 *
494 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
495 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
496 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
497 * authentication process.
498 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
499 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
500 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
501 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
502 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
503 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
504 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
505 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
506 * to be added to the frame.
507 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
508 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
509 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
510 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
511 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
512 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
513 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
514 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
515 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
516 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
517 * pending authentication timed out).
518 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
519 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
520 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
521 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
522 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
523 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
524 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
525 * included).
526 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
527 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
528 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
529 * primitives).
530 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
531 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
532 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
533 *
534 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
535 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
536 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
537 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
538 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
539 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
540 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
541 *
542 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
543 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
544 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
545 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
546 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
547 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
548 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
549 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
550 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
551 * determined by the network interface.
552 *
553 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
554 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
555 * to the driver.
556 *
557 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
558 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
559 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
561 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
562 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
563 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
564 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
565 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
566 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
567 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
568 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
569 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
570 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
571 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
572 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
573 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
574 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
575 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
576 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
577 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
578 * a different BSS is desired.
579 * Background scan period can optionally be
580 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
581 * if not specified default background scan configuration
582 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
583 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
584 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
585 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
586 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
587 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
588 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
589 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
590 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
591 * well to remain backwards compatible.
592 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
593 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
594 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
595 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
596 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
597 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
598 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
599 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
600 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
601 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
602 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
603 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
604 *
605 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
606 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
607 *
608 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
609 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
610 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
611 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
612 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
613 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
614 * frequency for the operation.
615 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
616 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
617 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
618 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
619 * radio).
620 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
621 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
622 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
623 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
624 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
625 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
626 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
627 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
628 * uniquely identify the request.
629 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
630 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
631 *
632 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
633 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
634 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
635 *
636 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
637 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
638 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
639 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
640 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
641 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
642 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
643 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
644 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
645 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
646 * backward compatibility
647 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
648 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
649 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
650 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
651 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
652 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
653 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
654 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
655 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
656 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
657 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
658 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
659 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
660 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
661 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
662 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
663 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
664 * is used during CSA period.
665 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
666 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
667 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
668 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
669 * wait time.
670 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
671 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
672 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
673 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
674 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
675 * the frame.
676 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
677 * backward compatibility.
678 *
679 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
680 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
681 *
682 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
683 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
684 * levels.
685 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
686 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
687 * reached.
688 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
689 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
690 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
691 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
692 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
693 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
694 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
695 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
696 * precedence when they are used.
697 *
698 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
699 *
700 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
701 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
702 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
703 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
704 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
705 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
706 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
707 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
708 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
709 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
710 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
711 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
712 * command, the feature is disabled.
713 *
714 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
715 * mesh config parameters may be given.
716 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
717 * network is determined by the network interface.
718 *
719 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
720 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
721 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
722 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
723 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
724 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
725 *
726 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
727 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
728 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
729 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
730 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
731 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
732 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
733 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
734 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
735 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
736 * depending on the authentication result.
737 *
738 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
739 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
740 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
741 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
742 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
743 * more background information, see
744 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
745 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
746 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
747 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
748 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
749 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
750 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
751 *
752 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
753 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
754 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
755 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
756 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
757 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
758 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
759 *
760 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
761 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
762 *
763 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
764 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
765 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
766 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
767 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
768 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
769 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
770 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
771 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
772 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
773 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
774 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
775 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
776 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
777 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
778 *
779 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
780 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
781 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
782 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
783 * is received.
784 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
785 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
786 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
787 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
788 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
789 *
790 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
791 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
792 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
793 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
794 *
795 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
796 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
797 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
798 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
799 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
800 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
801 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
802 *
803 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
804 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
805 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
806 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
807 *
808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
809 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
810 *
811 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
812 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
813 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
814 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
815 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
816 * from the remote AP) is completed;
817 *
818 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
819 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
820 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
821 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
822 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
823 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
824 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
825 * interfaces to change channel as well.
826 *
827 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
828 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
829 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
830 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
831 * public action frame TX.
832 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
833 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
834 *
835 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
836 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
837 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
838 * is used for this.
839 *
840 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
841 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
842 *
843 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
844 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
845 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
846 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
847 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
848 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
849 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
850 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
851 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
852 *
853 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
854 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
855 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
856 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
857 * while operating on this channel.
858 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
859 * event.
860 *
861 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
862 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
863 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
864 *
865 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
866 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
867 *
868 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
869 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
870 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
871 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
872 *
873 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
874 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
875 * complete.
876 *
877 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
878 * return back to normal.
879 *
880 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
881 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
882 *
883 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
884 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
885 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
886 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
887 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
888 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
889 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
890 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
891 * switch is complete.
892 *
893 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
894 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
895 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
896 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
897 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
898 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
899 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
900 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
901 *
902 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
903 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
904 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
905 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
906 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
907 *
908 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
909 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
910 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
911 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
912 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
913 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
914 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
915 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
916 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
917 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
918 * fail even if the check was successful.
919 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
920 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
921 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
922 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
923 *
924 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
925 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
926 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
927 *
928 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
929 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
930 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
931 * network is determined by the network interface.
932 *
933 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
934 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
935 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
936 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
937 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
938 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
939 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
940 * AP.
941 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
942 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
943 * when this command completes.
944 *
945 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
946 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
947 * management.
948 *
949 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
950 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
951 * cfg80211_scan_done().
952 *
953 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
954 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
955 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
956 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
957 * cluster. This command must have a valid
958 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
959 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
960 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
961 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
962 * added.
963 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
964 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
965 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
966 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
967 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
968 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
969 * of the function upon success.
970 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
971 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
972 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
973 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
974 * which just terminated.
975 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
976 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
977 * the response to this command.
978 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
979 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
980 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
981 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
982 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
983 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
984 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
985 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
986 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
987 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
988 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
989 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
990 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
991 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
992 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
993 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
994 *
995 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
996 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
997 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
998 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
999 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1000 *
1001 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1002 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1003 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1004 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1005 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1006 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1007 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
1009 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
1010 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
1011 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
1012 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
1013 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
1014 *
1015 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1016 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1017 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1018 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1019 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1020 * 802.11 headers.
1021 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1023 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1024 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1025 *
1026 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1027 *
1028 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1029 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1030 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1031 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1032 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1033 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1034 *
1035 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1036 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1037 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1038 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1039 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1040 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1041 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1042 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1043 * command interface.
1044 *
1045 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1046 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1047 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1048 *
1049 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1050 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1051 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1052 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1053 *
1054 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1055 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1056 *
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1058 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1059 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1060 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1061 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1062 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1063 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
1064 * the netlink extended ack message.
1065 *
1066 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1067 *
1068 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1069 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1070 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1071 * buffer size.
1072 *
1073 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1074 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1075 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1076 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1077 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1078 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1079 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1080 *
1081 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1082 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1083 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1084 * determining the width and type.
1085 *
1086 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1087 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1088 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1089 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1090 *
1091 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1092 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1093 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1094 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1095 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1096 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1097 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1098 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1099 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1100 * rate selection.
1101 *
1102 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1103 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1104 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1105 *
1106 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1107 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1108 */
1109enum nl80211_commands {
1110/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1111 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1112
1113 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1114 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1115 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1116 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1117
1118 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1119 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1120 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1121 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1122
1123 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1124 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1125 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1126 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1127
1128 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1129 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1130 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1131 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1132 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1133 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1134
1135 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1137 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1138 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1139
1140 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1141 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1142 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1143 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1144
1145 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1146
1147 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1148 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1149
1150 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1151 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1152
1153 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1154
1155 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1156
1157 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1158 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1159 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1160 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1161
1162 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1163
1164 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1165 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1166 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1167 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1168
1169 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1170
1171 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1172
1173 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1174 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1175
1176 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1177
1178 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1179 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1180 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1181
1182 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1183
1184 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1185 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1186
1187 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1188 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1189 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1190
1191 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1192 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1193
1194 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1195
1196 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1197 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1198 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1199 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1200 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1201 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1202
1203 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1204 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1205
1206 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1207 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1208
1209 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1210 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1211
1212 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1213
1214 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1215 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1216
1217 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1218 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1219
1220 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1221
1222 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1223 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1224
1225 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1226 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1227 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1228 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1229
1230 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1231
1232 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1233
1234 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1235 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1236
1237 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1238
1239 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1240
1241 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1242
1243 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1244
1245 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1246
1247 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1248
1249 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1250 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1251
1252 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1253
1254 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1255
1256 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1257
1258 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1259
1260 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1261
1262 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1263 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1264
1265 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1266 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1267
1268 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1269 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1270
1271 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1272
1273 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1274
1275 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1276
1277 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1278 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1279
1280 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1281
1282 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1283 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1284
1285 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1286
1287 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1288 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1289
1290 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1291
1292 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1293
1294 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1295 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1296 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1297 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1298 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1299 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1300
1301 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1302
1303 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1304
1305 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1306 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1307
1308 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1309
1310 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1311
1312 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1313
1314 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1315
1316 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1317
1318 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1319
1320 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1321 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1322 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1323
1324 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1325
1326 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1327
1328 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1329
1330 /* add new commands above here */
1331
1332 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1333 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1334 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1335};
1336
1337/*
1338 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1339 * here
1340 */
1341#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1342#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1343#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1344#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1345#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1346#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1347#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1348#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1349
1350#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1351
1352/* source-level API compatibility */
1353#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1354#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1355#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1356
1357/**
1358 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1359 *
1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1361 *
1362 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1363 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1365 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1367 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1368 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1369 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1370 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1372 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1373 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1375 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1377 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1378 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1379 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1380 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1381 * this attribute)
1382 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1383 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1384 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1385 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1387 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1388 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1390 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1391 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1393 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1394 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1396 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1397 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1399 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1400 *
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1404 *
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1406 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1407 *
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1409 *
1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1411 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1412 * keys
1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1415 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1417 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1418 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1420 * default management key
1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1422 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1424 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1425 *
1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1430 *
1431 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1433 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1435 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1437 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1438 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
cd990847 1440 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
78404d22
YW
1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1442 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1443 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1444 *
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1446 * consisting of a nested array.
1447 *
1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1450 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1453 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1454 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1455 *
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1457 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1458 *
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1460 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1461 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1462 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1463 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1464 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1465 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1466 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1467 * to a specific alpha2.
1468 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1469 * rules.
1470 *
1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1472 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1473 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1475 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1477 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1478 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1479 *
1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1481 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1482 *
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1484 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1485 * of the interface mode.
1486 *
1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1488 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1489 *
1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1491 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1492 *
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1494 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1496 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1498 * that can be added to a scan request
1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1500 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1502 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1503 *
1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1506 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1508 *
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1510 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1512 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1513 *
1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1515 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1516 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1517 *
1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1519 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1520 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1523 * represented as a u32
1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1525 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1526 *
1527 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1528 * a u32
1529 *
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1531 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1532 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1533 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1534 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1536 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1537 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1538 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1539 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1540 *
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1542 * cipher suites
1543 *
1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1545 * for other networks on different channels
1546 *
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1548 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1549 *
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1551 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1552 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1553 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1554 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1555 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1556 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1557 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1558 *
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1560 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1561 *
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1563 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1564 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1565 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1566 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1567 * default in station mode.
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1569 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1570 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1571 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1572 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1573 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1575 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1576 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1578 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1579 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1580 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1581 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1582 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1583 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1584 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1585 * flag.
1586 *
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1588 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1589 *
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1591 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1592 * a local disconnect request.
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1594 * event (u16)
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1596 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1597 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1598 *
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1600 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1601 * (an array of u32).
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1603 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1604 * u32).
1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1606 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1607 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1609 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1610 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1611 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1612 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1613 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1614 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1615 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1616 *
1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1618 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1620 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1621 *
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1623 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1624 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1625 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1626 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1627 *
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1629 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1631 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1632 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1633 *
1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1635 *
1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1637 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1638 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1639 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1640 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1641 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1642 * completely from scratch.
1643 *
1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1645 *
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1647 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1648 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1649 *
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1652 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1653 *
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1656 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1657 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1658 *
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1660 *
1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1662 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1663 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1664 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1665 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1666 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1667 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1668 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1669 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1670 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1671 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1672 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1673 *
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1675 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1677 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1679 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1680 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1681 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1683 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1684 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1685 *
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1687 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1688 *
1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1690 *
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1692 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1693 *
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1695 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1696 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1697 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1698 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1699 *
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1701 * connected to this BSS.
1702 *
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1704 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1706 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1707 * for non-automatic settings.
1708 *
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1710 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1711 *
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1713 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1714 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1715 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1716 *
1717 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1718 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1719 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1720 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1721 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1722 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1723 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1724 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1725 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1726 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1727 *
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1729 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1730 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1731 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1732 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1733 *
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1735 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1736 *
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1738 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1739 *
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1741 *
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1743 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1744 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1745 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1746 * nl80211 capability flag.
1747 *
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1749 *
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1751 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1752 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1753 *
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1755 * changed once the mesh is active.
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1757 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1759 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1760 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1762 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1763 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1764 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1765 *
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1767 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1769 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1770 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1771 * triggers.
1772 *
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1774 * cycles, in msecs.
1775 *
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1777 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1778 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1779 * pass-thru filter rules.
1780 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1781 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1782 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1783 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1784 * able to ignore them by itself.
1785 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1786 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1787 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1788 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1789 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1790 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1791 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1792 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1793 *
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1795 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1796 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1797 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1798 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1799 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1800 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1801 *
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1803 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1804 *
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1806 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1807 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1808 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1809 *
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1811 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1812 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1813 *
1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1815 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1816 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1817 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1819 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1820 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1821 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1822 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1823 *
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1825 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1827 * as AP.
1828 *
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1830 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1831 *
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1833 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1834 *
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1836 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1837 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1838 * applications use this attribute.
1839 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1840 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1841 *
1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1843 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1844 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1846 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1848 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1850 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1852 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1853 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1854 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1855 *
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1857 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1858 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1859 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1860 *
1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1862 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1863 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1864 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1867 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1869 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1870 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1871 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1872 *
1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1874 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1875 * to be filled by the FW.
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1877 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1879 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1880 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1881 * The values that may be configured are:
1882 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1883 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1884 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1885 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1886 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1887 *
1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1889 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1890 * to one DFS region.
1891 *
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1893 * up to 16 TIDs.
1894 *
1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1896 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1897 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1898 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1899 * capability to timeout the stations.
1900 *
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1902 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1903 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1904 *
1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1906 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1907 *
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1909 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1910 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1911 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1912 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1913 *
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1915 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1916 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1917 *
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1919 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1920 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1921 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1922 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1923 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1924 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1925 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1926 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1927 * consistent.
1928 *
1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1930 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1931 *
1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1933 *
1934 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1935 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1937 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1938 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1939 * no change is made.
1940 *
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1942 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1943 *
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1945 * carried in a u32 attribute
1946 *
1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1948 * MAC ACL.
1949 *
1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1951 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1952 * ACL.
1953 *
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1955 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1956 *
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1958 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1959 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1961 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1962 *
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1964 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1965 *
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1967 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1968 * and PU-APSD.
1969 *
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1971 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1972 *
1973 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1974 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1975 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1976 *
1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1978 *
1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1980 * Element
1981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1983 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1985 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1986 *
1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1988 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1989 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1990 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1991 *
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1993 *
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1995 * until the channel switch event.
1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1997 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1998 * operation).
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2000 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2002 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2004 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2005 *
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2007 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2008 *
2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2010 *
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2012 * supported operating classes.
2013 *
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2015 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2016 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2017 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2018 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2019 * IBSS network.
2020 *
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2022 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2024 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2025 *
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2027 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2028 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2029 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2030 * u8 attribute.
2031 *
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2033 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2036 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2038 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2039 *
2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2041 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2042 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2043 *
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2046 *
2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2048 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2049 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2050 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2051 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2052 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2053 *
2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2055 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2057 * supported number of csa counters.
2058 *
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2060 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2061 *
2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2063 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2064 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2065 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2066 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2067 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2068 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2069 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2070 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2071 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2072 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2073 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2074 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2075 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2076 * multicast group.
2077 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2078 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2079 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2080 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2081 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2082 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2083 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2084 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2085 *
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2087 * the TDLS link initiator.
2088 *
2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2090 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2091 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2092 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2093 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2094 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2095 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2096 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2097 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2098 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2099 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2100 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2101 *
2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2103 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2104 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2105 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2106 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2107 *
2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2111 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2112 *
2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2114 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2115 *
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2117 *
2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2119 *
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2121 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2122 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2123 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2124 *
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2126 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2127 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2128 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2129 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2130 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2131 *
2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2133 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2134 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2135 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2136 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2137 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2138 * over all channels.
2139 *
2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2141 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2142 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2143 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2144
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2146 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2147 *
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2149 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2151 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2153 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2155 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2156 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2157 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2158 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2159 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2161 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2162 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2163 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2165 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2166 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2167 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2168 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2169 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2170 *
2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2172 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2173 *
2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2175 *
2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2177 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2178 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2179 * interface type.
2180 *
2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2182 * groupID for monitor mode.
2183 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2184 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2185 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2186 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2187 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2188 * each group.
2189 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2190 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2191 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2192 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2193 * groupID data.
2194 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2196 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2197 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2198 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2199 *
2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2201 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2202 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2203 * attribute must not be included).
2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2205 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2207 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2208 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2209 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2210 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2212 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2213 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2214 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2215 *
2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2217 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2218 *
2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2220 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2221 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2222 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2223 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2225 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2226 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2227 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2228 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2229 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2230 * the device will decide what to use.
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2232 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2233 * attribute.
2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2235 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2237 * protection.
2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2239 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2240 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2241 *
2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2243 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2244 *
2245 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2246 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2247 *
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2249 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2250 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2251 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2252 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2253 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2254 * unnecessary wakeups.
2255 *
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2257 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2258 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2259 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2260 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2261 *
2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2263 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2264 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2265 *
2266 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2267 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2268 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2269 *
2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2271 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2272 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2273 *
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2275 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2276 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2277 *
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2279 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2280 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2281 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2282 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2283 *
2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2285 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2287 *
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2289 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2290 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2291 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2292 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2293 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2294 *
2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2296 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2298 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2299 *
2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2301 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2302 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2304 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2305 *
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2307 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2308 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2309 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2311 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2312 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2313 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2314 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2315 *
2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2317 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2318 *
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2320 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2321 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2322 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2323 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2324 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2325 * enforced.
2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2327 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2329 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2330 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2331 *
2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2333 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2334 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2335 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2336 *
2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2338 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2339 *
2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2341 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2342 * invalid value.
2343 *
2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2345 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2346 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2347 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2348 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2349 *
2350 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2351 * scheduler.
2352 *
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2354 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2355 * possible values.
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2357 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2358 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2359 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2360 * or per-station.
2361 *
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2363 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2364 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2365 *
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2367 *
2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2369 * functionality.
2370 *
2371 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2372 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2373 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2374 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2375 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2376 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2377 *
2378 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2379 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2380 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2381 */
2382enum nl80211_attrs {
2383/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2384 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2385
2386 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2387 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2388
2389 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2390 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2391 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2392
2393 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2394
2395 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2396 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2397 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2398 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2399 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2400
2401 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2402 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2403 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2404 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2405
2406 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2407 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2408 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2409 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2410 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2411 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2412
2413 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2414
2415 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2416
2417 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2418 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2419 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2420 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2421
2422 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2423 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2424 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2425
2426 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2427
2428 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2429
2430 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2431 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2432
2433 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2434
2435 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2436
2437 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2438 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2439 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2440
2441 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2442
2443 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2444 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2445
2446 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2447
2448 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2449 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2450 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2451 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2452
2453 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2454 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2455
2456 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2457
2458 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2459 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2460 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2461 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2462
2463 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2464
2465 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2466 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2467
2468 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2469 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2470
2471 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2472
2473
2474 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2475 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2476 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2477 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2478
2479 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2480
2481 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2482
2483 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2484
2485 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2486
2487 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2488
2489 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2490
2491 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2492 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2493
2494 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2495 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2496 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2497 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2498
2499 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2500 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2501
2502 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2503
2504 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2505 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2506
2507 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2508
2509 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2510
2511 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2512
2513 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2514 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2515
2516 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2517
2518 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2519
2520 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2521
2522 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2523
2524 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2525
2526 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2527
2528 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2529
2530 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2531
2532 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2533
2534 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2535
2536 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2537 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2538
2539 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2540 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2541 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2542
2543 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2544 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2545
2546 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2547
2548 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2549 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2550
2551 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2552
2553 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2554
2555 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2556
2557 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2558
2559 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2560
2561 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2562
2563 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2564 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2565
2566 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2567 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2568
2569 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2570 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2571
2572 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2573
2574 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2575 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2576
2577 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2578
2579 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2580 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2581
2582 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2583
2584 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2585
2586 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2587 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2588
2589 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2590 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2591
2592 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2593
2594 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2595 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2596
2597 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2598
2599 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2600
2601 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2602 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2603 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2604 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2605 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2606
2607 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2608
2609 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2610
2611 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2612
2613 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2614
2615 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2616
2617 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2618
2619 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2620 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2621
2622 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2623
2624 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2625
2626 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2627
2628 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2629
2630 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2631
2632 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2633
2634 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2635
2636 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2637
2638 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2639
2640 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2641
2642 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2643 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2644 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2645
2646 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2647 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2648
2649 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2650
2651 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2652
2653 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2654
2655 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2656
2657 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2658
2659 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2660 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2661
2662 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2663 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2664
2665 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2666 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2667
2668 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2669 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2670
2671 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2672 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2673
2674 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2675 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2676
2677 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2678
2679 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2680
2681 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2682 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2683 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2684 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2685 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2686
2687 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2688
2689 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2690
2691 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2692
2693 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2694
2695 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2696 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2697
2698 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2699
2700 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2701 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2702 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2703 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2704
2705 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2706
2707 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2708 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2709
2710 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2711
2712 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2713
2714 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2715
2716 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2717 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2718
2719 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2720
2721 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2722
2723 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2724
2725 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2726 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2727 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2728
2729 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2730
2731 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2732
2733 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2734
2735 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2736
2737 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2738
2739 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2740
2741 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2742
2743 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2744
2745 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2746
2747 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2748 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2749 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2750 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2751
2752 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2753
2754 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2755
2756 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2757
2758 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2759
2760 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2761
2762 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2763 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2764
2765 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2766 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2767 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2768 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2769
2770 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2771
2772 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2773 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2774 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2775 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2776
2777 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2778 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2779
2780 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2781
2782 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2783
2784 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2785 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2786
2787 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2788
2789 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2790 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2791 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2792 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2793 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2794
2795 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2796
2797 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2798 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2799
2800 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2801 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2802 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2803
2804 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2805 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2806
2807 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2808 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2809
2810 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2811
2812 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2813 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2814 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2815 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2816
2817 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2818
2819 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2820
2821 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2822
2823 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2824
2825 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2826
2827 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2828 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2829 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2830
2831 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2832
2833 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2834
2835 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
2836
2837 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
2838 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
2839
2840 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2841
2842 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2843 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2844 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2845};
2846
2847/* source-level API compatibility */
2848#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2849#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2850#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2851#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2852
2853/*
2854 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2855 * here
2856 */
2857#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2858#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2859#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2860#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2861#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2862#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2863#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2864#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2865#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2866#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2867#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2868#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2869#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2870#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2871#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2872#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2873#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2874#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2875#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2876#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2877#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2878
2879#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2880
2881#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2882#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2883#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
2884#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2885#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2886#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2887#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2888#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2889#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
2890#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
2891#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2892#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2893
2894#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2895
2896/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2897#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2898
2899#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2900
2901/**
2902 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2903 *
2904 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2905 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2906 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2907 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2908 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2909 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2910 * AP type interface.
2911 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2912 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2913 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2914 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2915 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2916 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2917 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2918 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2919 * commands to create and destroy one
2920 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2921 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2922 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2923 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2924 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2925 *
2926 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2927 * to set the type of an interface.
2928 *
2929 */
2930enum nl80211_iftype {
2931 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2932 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2933 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2934 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2935 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2936 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2937 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2938 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2939 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2940 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2941 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2942 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2943 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2944
2945 /* keep last */
2946 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2947 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2948};
2949
2950/**
2951 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2952 *
2953 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2954 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2955 *
2956 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2957 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2958 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2959 * with short barker preamble
2960 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2961 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2962 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2963 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2964 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2965 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2966 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2967 * as errors.)
2968 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2969 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2970 * previously added station into associated state
2971 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2972 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2973 */
2974enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2975 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2976 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2977 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2978 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2979 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2980 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2981 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2982 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2983
2984 /* keep last */
2985 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2986 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2987};
2988
2989/**
2990 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2991 *
2992 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2993 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2994 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2995 */
2996enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2997 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2998 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2999
3000 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3001};
3002
3003#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3004
3005/**
3006 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3007 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3008 * @set: which values to set them to
3009 *
3010 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3011 */
3012struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3013 __u32 mask;
3014 __u32 set;
3015} __attribute__((packed));
3016
3017/**
3018 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3019 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3020 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3021 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3022 */
3023enum nl80211_he_gi {
3024 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3025 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3026 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3027};
3028
3029/**
3030 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3031 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3032 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3033 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3034 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3035 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3036 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3037 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3038 */
3039enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3040 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3041 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3042 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3043 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3044 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3045 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3046 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3047};
3048
3049/**
3050 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3051 *
3052 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3053 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3054 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3055 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3056 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3057 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3058 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3059 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3060 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3061 *
3062 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3063 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3064 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3065 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3066 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3067 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3068 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3069 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3070 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3071 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3072 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3073 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3074 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3075 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3076 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3077 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3078 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3079 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3080 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3081 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3082 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3083 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3084 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3085 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3086 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3087 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3088 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3089 */
3090enum nl80211_rate_info {
3091 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3092 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3093 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3094 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3095 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3096 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3097 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3098 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3099 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3100 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3101 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3102 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3103 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3104 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3105 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3106 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3107 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3108 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3109
3110 /* keep last */
3111 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3112 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3113};
3114
3115/**
3116 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3117 *
3118 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3119 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3120 *
3121 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3122 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3123 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3124 * (flag)
3125 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3126 * (flag)
3127 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3128 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3129 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3130 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3131 */
3132enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3133 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3134 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3135 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3136 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3137 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3138 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3139
3140 /* keep last */
3141 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3142 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3143};
3144
3145/**
3146 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3147 *
3148 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3149 * when getting information about a station.
3150 *
3151 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3152 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3153 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3154 * (u32, from this station)
3155 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3156 * (u32, to this station)
3157 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3158 * (u64, from this station)
3159 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3160 * (u64, to this station)
3161 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3162 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3163 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3164 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3165 * (u32, from this station)
3166 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3167 * (u32, to this station)
3168 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3169 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3170 * (u32, to this station)
3171 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3172 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3173 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3174 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3175 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3176 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3177 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3178 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3179 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3181 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3183 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3185 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3186 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3187 * non-peer STA
3188 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3189 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3190 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3191 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3192 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3193 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3194 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3195 * (u64)
3196 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3197 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3198 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3199 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3200 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3201 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3202 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3203 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3204 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3205 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3206 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3207 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3208 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3209 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3210 * (u32, from this station)
3211 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3212 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3213 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3214 * might not be fully accurate.
3215 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3216 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3217 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3218 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3219 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3220 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3221 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3222 * of STA's association
3223 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3224 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3225 */
3226enum nl80211_sta_info {
3227 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3228 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3229 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3230 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3231 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3232 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3233 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3234 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3235 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3236 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3237 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3238 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3239 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3240 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3241 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3242 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3243 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3244 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3245 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3246 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3247 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3248 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3249 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3250 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3251 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3252 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3253 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3254 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3255 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3256 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3257 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3258 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3259 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3260 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3261 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3262 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3263 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3264 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3265 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3266 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3267 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3268 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3269 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3270
3271 /* keep last */
3272 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3273 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3274};
3275
3276/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3277#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3278
3279
3280/**
3281 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3282 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3283 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3284 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3285 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3286 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3287 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3288 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3289 * MSDUs (u64)
3290 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3291 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3292 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3293 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3294 */
3295enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3296 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3297 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3298 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3299 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3300 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3301 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3302 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3303
3304 /* keep last */
3305 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3306 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3307};
3308
3309/**
3310 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3311 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3312 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3313 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3314 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3315 * backlogged
3316 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3317 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3318 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3319 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3320 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3321 * (only for per-phy stats)
3322 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3323 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3324 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3325 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3326 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3327 */
3328enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3329 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3330 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3331 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3332 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3333 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3334 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3335 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3336 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3337 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3338 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3339 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3340 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3341
3342 /* keep last */
3343 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3344 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3345};
3346
3347/**
3348 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3349 *
3350 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3351 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3352 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3353 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3354 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3355 */
3356enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3357 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3358 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3359 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3360 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3361 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3362};
3363
3364/**
3365 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3366 *
3367 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3368 * information about a mesh path.
3369 *
3370 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3371 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3372 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3373 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3374 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3375 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3376 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3377 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3378 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3379 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3380 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3381 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3382 * currently defined
3383 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3384 */
3385enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3386 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3387 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3388 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3389 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3390 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3391 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3392 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3393 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3394 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3395 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3396
3397 /* keep last */
3398 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3399 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3400};
3401
3402/**
3403 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3404 *
3405 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3406 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3407 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3408 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3409 * capabilities IE
3410 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3411 * capabilities IE
3412 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3413 * capabilities IE
3414 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3415 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3416 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3417 * defined
3418 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3419 */
3420enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3421 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3422
3423 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3424 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3425 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3426 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3427 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3428
3429 /* keep last */
3430 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3431 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3432};
3433
3434/**
3435 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3436 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3437 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3438 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3439 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3440 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3441 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3442 * defined in 802.11n
3443 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3444 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3445 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3446 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3447 * defined in 802.11ac
3448 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3449 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3450 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3451 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3452 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3453 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3454 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3455 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3456 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3457 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3458 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3459 */
3460enum nl80211_band_attr {
3461 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3462 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3463 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3464
3465 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3466 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3467 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3468 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3469
3470 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3471 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3472 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3473
3474 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3475 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3476
3477 /* keep last */
3478 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3479 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3480};
3481
3482#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3483
3484/**
3485 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3486 *
3487 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3488 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3489 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3490 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3491 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3492 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3493 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3494 */
3495enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3496 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3497 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3498 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3499 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3500 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3501
3502 /* keep last */
3503 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3504 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3505};
3506
3507/**
3508 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3509 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3510 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3511 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3512 * regulatory domain.
3513 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3514 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3515 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3516 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3517 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3518 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3519 * (100 * dBm).
3520 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3521 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3522 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3523 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3524 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3525 * channel as the control channel
3526 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3527 * channel as the control channel
3528 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3529 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3530 * this includes 80+80 channels
3531 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3532 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3533 * isn't possible
3534 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3535 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3536 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3537 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3538 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3539 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3540 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3541 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3542 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3543 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3544 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3545 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3546 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3547 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3548 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3549 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3550 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3551 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3552 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3553 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3554 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3555 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3556 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3557 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3558 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3559 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3560 * currently defined
3561 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3562 *
3563 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3564 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3565 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3566 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3567 */
3568enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3569 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3570 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3571 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3572 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3573 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3574 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3575 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3576 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3577 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3578 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3579 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3580 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3581 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3582 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3583 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3584 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3585 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3586 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3587 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3588
3589 /* keep last */
3590 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3591 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3592};
3593
3594#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3595#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3596#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3597#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3598#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3599 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3600
3601/**
3602 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3603 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3604 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3605 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3606 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3607 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3608 * currently defined
3609 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3610 */
3611enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3612 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3613 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3614 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3615
3616 /* keep last */
3617 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3618 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3619};
3620
3621/**
3622 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3623 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3624 * regulatory domain.
3625 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3626 * regulatory domain.
3627 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3628 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3629 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3630 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3631 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3632 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3633 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3634 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3635 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3636 */
3637enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3638 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3639 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3640 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3641 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3642};
3643
3644/**
3645 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3646 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3647 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3648 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3649 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3650 * domain.
3651 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3652 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3653 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3654 * them to be applied.
3655 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3656 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3657 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3658 * domain request to be processed.
3659 */
3660enum nl80211_reg_type {
3661 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3662 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3663 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3664 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3665};
3666
3667/**
3668 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3669 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3670 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3671 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3672 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3673 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3674 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3675 * band edge.
3676 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3677 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3678 * band edge.
3679 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3680 * frequency range, in KHz.
3681 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3682 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3683 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3684 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3685 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3686 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3687 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3688 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3689 * currently defined
3690 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3691 */
3692enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3693 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3694 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3695
3696 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3697 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3698 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3699
3700 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3701 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3702
3703 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3704
3705 /* keep last */
3706 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3707 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3708};
3709
3710/**
3711 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3712 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3713 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3714 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3715 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3716 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3717 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3718 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3719 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3720 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3721 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3722 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3723 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3724 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3725 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3726 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3727 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3728 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3729 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3730 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3731 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3732 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3733 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3734 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3735 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3736 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3737 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3738 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3739 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3740 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3741 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3742 * attribute number currently defined
3743 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3744 */
3745enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3746 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3747
3748 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3749 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3750 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3751 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3752 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3753 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3754
3755 /* keep last */
3756 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3757 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3758 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3759};
3760
3761/* only for backward compatibility */
3762#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3763
3764/**
3765 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3766 *
3767 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3768 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3769 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3770 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3771 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3772 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3773 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3774 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3775 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3776 * beaconing.
3777 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3778 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3779 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3780 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3781 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3782 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3783 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3784 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3785 */
3786enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3787 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3788 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3789 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3790 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3791 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3792 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3793 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3794 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3795 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3796 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3797 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3798 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3799 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3800 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3801 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3802};
3803
3804#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3805#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3806#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3807#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3808 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3809#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3810
3811/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3812#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3813
3814/**
3815 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3816 *
3817 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3818 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3819 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3820 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3821 */
3822enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3823 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3824 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3825 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3826 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3827};
3828
3829/**
3830 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3831 *
3832 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3833 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3834 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3835 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3836 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3837 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3838 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3839 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3840 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3841 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3842 * supported feature.
3843 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3844 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3845 */
3846enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3847 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3848 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3849 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3850};
3851
3852/**
3853 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3854 *
3855 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3856 * when getting information about a survey.
3857 *
3858 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3859 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3860 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3861 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3862 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3863 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3864 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3865 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3866 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3867 * channel was sensed busy
3868 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3869 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3870 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3871 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3872 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3873 * (on this channel or globally)
3874 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3875 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3876 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
3877 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3878 * currently defined
3879 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3880 */
3881enum nl80211_survey_info {
3882 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3883 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3884 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3885 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3886 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3887 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3888 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3889 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3890 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3891 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3892 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3893 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
3894
3895 /* keep last */
3896 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3897 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3898};
3899
3900/* keep old names for compatibility */
3901#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3902#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3903#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3904#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3905#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3906
3907/**
3908 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3909 *
3910 * Monitor configuration flags.
3911 *
3912 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3913 *
3914 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3915 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3916 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3917 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3918 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3919 * overrides all other flags.
3920 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3921 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3922 *
3923 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3924 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3925 */
3926enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3927 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3928 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3929 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3930 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3931 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3932 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3933 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3934
3935 /* keep last */
3936 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3937 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3938};
3939
3940/**
3941 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3942 *
3943 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3944 * not known or has not been set yet.
3945 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3946 * in Awake state all the time.
3947 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3948 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3949 * neighbor's beacons.
3950 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3951 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3952 * for neighbor's beacons.
3953 *
3954 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3955 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3956 */
3957
3958enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3959 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3960 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3961 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3962 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3963
3964 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3965 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3966};
3967
3968/**
3969 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3970 *
3971 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3972 * active.
3973 *
3974 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3975 *
3976 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3977 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3978 *
3979 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3980 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3981 *
3982 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3983 * millisecond units
3984 *
3985 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3986 * on this mesh interface
3987 *
3988 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3989 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3990 * mesh
3991 *
3992 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3993 * point.
3994 *
3995 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3996 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3997 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3998 * set.
3999 *
4000 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4001 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4002 * target)
4003 *
4004 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4005 * (in milliseconds)
4006 *
4007 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4008 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4009 *
4010 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4011 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4012 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4013 *
4014 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4015 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4016 * reference element
4017 *
4018 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4019 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4020 * mesh
4021 *
4022 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4023 *
4024 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4025 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4026 *
4027 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4028 * root announcements are transmitted.
4029 *
4030 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4031 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4032 * Announcement frames.
4033 *
4034 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4035 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4036 * PERR element.
4037 *
4038 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4039 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4040 *
4041 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4042 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4043 * a peer link.
4044 *
4045 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4046 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4047 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4048 *
4049 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4050 *
4051 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4052 *
4053 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4054 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4055 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4056 *
4057 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4058 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4059 *
4060 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4061 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4062 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4063 *
4064 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4065 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4066 *
4067 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4068 *
4069 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4070 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4071 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4072 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4073 *
4074 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4075 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4076 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4077 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4078 *
4079 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4080 */
4081enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4082 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4083 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4084 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4085 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4086 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4087 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4088 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4089 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4090 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4091 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4092 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4093 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4094 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4095 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4096 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4097 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4098 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4099 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4100 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4101 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4102 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4103 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4104 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4105 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4106 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4107 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4108 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4109 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4110 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4111 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4112
4113 /* keep last */
4114 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4115 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4116};
4117
4118/**
4119 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4120 *
4121 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4122 * changed while the mesh is active.
4123 *
4124 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4125 *
4126 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4127 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4128 * default HWMP.
4129 *
4130 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4131 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4132 * metric.
4133 *
4134 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4135 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4136 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4137 * metrics in use.
4138 *
4139 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4140 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4141 *
4142 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4143 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4144 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4145 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4146 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4147 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4148 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4149 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4150 * userspace daemon.
4151 *
4152 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4153 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4154 * neighbor offset synchronization
4155 *
4156 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4157 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4158 *
4159 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4160 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4161 * Default is no authentication method required.
4162 *
4163 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4164 *
4165 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4166 */
4167enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4168 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4169 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4170 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4171 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4172 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4173 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4174 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4175 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4176 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4177
4178 /* keep last */
4179 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4180 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4181};
4182
4183/**
4184 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4185 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4186 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4187 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4188 * disabled
4189 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4190 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4191 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4192 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4193 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4194 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4195 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4196 */
4197enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4198 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4199 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4200 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4201 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4202 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4203 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4204
4205 /* keep last */
4206 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4207 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4208};
4209
4210enum nl80211_ac {
4211 NL80211_AC_VO,
4212 NL80211_AC_VI,
4213 NL80211_AC_BE,
4214 NL80211_AC_BK,
4215 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4216};
4217
4218/* backward compat */
4219#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4220#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4221#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4222#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4223#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4224
4225/**
4226 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4227 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4228 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4229 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4230 * below the control channel
4231 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4232 * above the control channel
4233 */
4234enum nl80211_channel_type {
4235 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4236 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4237 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4238 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4239};
4240
4241/**
4242 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4243 *
4244 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4245 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4246 *
4247 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4248 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4249 *
4250 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4251 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4252 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4253 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4254 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4255 */
4256enum nl80211_key_mode {
4257 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4258 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4259 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4260};
4261
4262/**
4263 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4264 *
4265 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4266 * attribute.
4267 *
4268 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4269 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4270 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4271 * attribute must be provided as well
4272 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4273 * attribute must be provided as well
4274 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4275 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4276 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4277 * attribute must be provided as well
4278 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4279 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4280 */
4281enum nl80211_chan_width {
4282 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4283 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4284 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4285 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4286 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4287 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4288 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4289 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4290};
4291
4292/**
4293 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4294 *
4295 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4296 *
4297 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4298 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4299 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4300 */
4301enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4302 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4303 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4304 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4305};
4306
4307/**
4308 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4309 *
4310 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4311 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4312 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4313 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4314 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4315 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4316 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4317 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4318 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4319 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4320 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4321 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4322 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4323 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4324 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4325 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4326 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4327 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4328 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4329 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4330 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4331 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4332 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4333 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4334 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4335 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4336 * yet been received
4337 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4338 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4339 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4340 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4341 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4342 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4343 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4344 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4345 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4346 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4347 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4348 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4349 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4350 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4351 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4352 * is set.
4353 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4354 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4355 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4356 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4357 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4358 */
4359enum nl80211_bss {
4360 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4361 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4362 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4363 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4364 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4365 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4366 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4367 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4368 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4369 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4370 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4371 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4372 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4373 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4374 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4375 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4376 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4377 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4378 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4379 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4380
4381 /* keep last */
4382 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4383 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4384};
4385
4386/**
4387 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4388 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4389 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4390 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4391 * a given BSS.
4392 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4393 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4394 *
4395 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4396 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4397 */
4398enum nl80211_bss_status {
4399 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4400 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4401 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4402};
4403
4404/**
4405 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4406 *
4407 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4408 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4409 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4410 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4411 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4412 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4413 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4414 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4415 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4416 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4417 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4418 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4419 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4420 */
4421enum nl80211_auth_type {
4422 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4423 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4424 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4425 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4426 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4427 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4428 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4429 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4430
4431 /* keep last */
4432 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4433 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4434 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4435};
4436
4437/**
4438 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4439 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4440 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4441 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4442 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4443 */
4444enum nl80211_key_type {
4445 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4446 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4447 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4448
4449 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4450};
4451
4452/**
4453 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4454 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4455 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4456 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4457 */
4458enum nl80211_mfp {
4459 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4460 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4461 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4462};
4463
4464enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4465 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4466 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4467 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4468};
4469
4470/**
4471 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4472 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4473 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4474 * unicast key
4475 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4476 * multicast key
4477 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4478 */
4479enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4480 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4481 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4482 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4483
4484 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4485};
4486
4487/**
4488 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4489 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4490 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4491 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4492 * keys
4493 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4494 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4495 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4496 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4497 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4498 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4499 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4500 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4501 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4502 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4503 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4504 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4505 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4506 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4507 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4508 *
4509 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4510 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4511 */
4512enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4513 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4514 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4515 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4516 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4517 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4518 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4519 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4520 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4521 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4522 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4523
4524 /* keep last */
4525 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4526 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4527};
4528
4529/**
4530 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4531 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4532 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4533 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4534 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4535 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4536 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4537 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4538 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4539 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4540 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4541 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4542 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4543 */
4544enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4545 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4546 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4547 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4548 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4549 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4550
4551 /* keep last */
4552 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4553 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4554};
4555
4556#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4557#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4558
4559/**
4560 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4561 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4562 */
4563struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4564 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4565};
4566
4567enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4568 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4569 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4570 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4571};
4572
4573/**
4574 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4575 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4576 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4577 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4578 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4579 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4580 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4581 */
4582enum nl80211_band {
4583 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4584 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4585 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4586 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
4587
4588 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4589};
4590
4591/**
4592 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4593 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4594 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4595 */
4596enum nl80211_ps_state {
4597 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4598 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4599};
4600
4601/**
4602 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4603 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4604 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4605 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4606 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4607 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4608 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4609 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4610 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4611 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4612 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4613 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4614 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4615 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4616 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4617 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4618 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4619 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4620 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4621 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4622 * checked.
4623 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4624 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4625 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4626 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4627 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4628 * loss event
4629 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4630 * RSSI threshold event.
4631 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4632 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4633 */
4634enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4635 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4636 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4637 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4638 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4639 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4640 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4641 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4642 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4643 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4644 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4645
4646 /* keep last */
4647 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4648 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4649};
4650
4651/**
4652 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4653 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4654 * configured threshold
4655 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4656 * configured threshold
4657 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4658 */
4659enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4660 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4661 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4662 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4663};
4664
4665
4666/**
4667 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4668 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4669 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4670 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4671 */
4672enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4673 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4674 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4675 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4676};
4677
4678/**
4679 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4680 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4681 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4682 * a zero bit are ignored
4683 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4684 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4685 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4686 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4687 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4688 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4689 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4690 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4691 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4692 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4693 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4694 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4695 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4696 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4697 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4698 */
4699enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4700 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4701 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4702 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4703 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4704
4705 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4706 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4707};
4708
4709/**
4710 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4711 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4712 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4713 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4714 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4715 *
4716 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4717 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4718 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4719 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4720 * by the kernel to userspace.
4721 */
4722struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4723 __u32 max_patterns;
4724 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4725 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4726 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4727} __attribute__((packed));
4728
4729/* only for backward compatibility */
4730#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4731#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4732#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4733#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4734#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4735#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4736#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4737
4738/**
4739 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4740 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4741 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4742 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4743 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4744 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4745 * any others are even supported by the device.
4746 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4747 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4748 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4749 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4750 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4751 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4752 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4753 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4754 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4755 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4756 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4757 *
4758 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4759 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4760 *
4761 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4762 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4763 * to the kernel when configuring.
4764 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4765 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4766 * by the device (flag)
4767 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4768 * done by the device) (flag)
4769 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4770 * packet (flag)
4771 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4772 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4773 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4774 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4775 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4776 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4777 * attribute contains the original length.
4778 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4779 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4780 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4781 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4782 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4783 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4784 * contains the original length.
4785 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4786 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4787 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4788 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4789 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4790 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4791 * the TCP connection.
4792 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4793 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4794 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4795 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4796 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4797 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4798 * service
4799 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4800 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4801 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4802 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4803 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4804 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4805 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4806 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4807 * supported by the driver (u32).
4808 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4809 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4810 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4811 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4812 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4813 * occurred.
4814 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4815 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4816 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4817 * these attributes must be present. If
4818 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4819 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4820 * channel.
4821 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4822 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4823 *
4824 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4825 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4826 */
4827enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4828 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4829 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4830 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4831 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4832 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4833 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4834 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4835 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4836 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4837 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4838 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4839 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4840 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4841 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4842 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4843 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4844 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4845 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4846 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4847 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4848
4849 /* keep last */
4850 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4851 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4852};
4853
4854/**
4855 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4856 *
4857 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4858 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4859 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4860 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4861 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4862 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4863 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4864 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4865 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4866 *
4867 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4868 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4869 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4870 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4871 * also woken up.
4872 *
4873 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4874 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4875 */
4876
4877/**
4878 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4879 * @start: starting value
4880 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4881 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4882 *
4883 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4884 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4885 * in little endian.
4886 */
4887struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4888 __u32 start, offset, len;
4889};
4890
4891/**
4892 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4893 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4894 * @len: length of each token
4895 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4896 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4897 */
4898struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4899 __u32 offset, len;
4900 __u8 token_stream[];
4901};
4902
4903/**
4904 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4905 * @min_len: minimum token length
4906 * @max_len: maximum token length
4907 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4908 */
4909struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4910 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4911};
4912
4913/**
4914 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4915 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4916 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4917 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4918 * (in network byte order)
4919 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4920 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4921 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4922 * might require ARP querying.
4923 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4924 * socket and port will be allocated
4925 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4926 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4927 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4928 * of the data payload.
4929 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4930 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4931 * advertising it is just a flag
4932 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4933 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4934 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4935 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4936 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4937 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4938 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4939 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4940 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4941 * but on the TCP payload only.
4942 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4943 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4944 */
4945enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4946 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4947 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4948 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4949 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4950 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4951 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4952 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4953 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4954 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4955 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4956 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4957 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4958
4959 /* keep last */
4960 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4961 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4962};
4963
4964/**
4965 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4966 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4967 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4968 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4969 *
4970 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4971 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4972 */
4973struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4974 __u32 max_rules;
4975 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4976 __u32 max_delay;
4977} __attribute__((packed));
4978
4979/**
4980 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4981 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4982 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4983 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4984 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4985 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4986 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4987 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4988 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4989 */
4990enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4991 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4992 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4993 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4994 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4995
4996 /* keep last */
4997 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4998 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4999};
5000
5001/**
5002 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5003 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5004 * in a rule are matched.
5005 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5006 * in a rule are not matched.
5007 */
5008enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5009 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5010 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5011};
5012
5013/**
5014 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5015 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5016 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5017 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5018 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5019 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5020 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5021 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5022 */
5023enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5024 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5025 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5026 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5027
5028 /* keep last */
5029 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5030 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5031};
5032
5033/**
5034 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5035 *
5036 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5037 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5038 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5039 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5040 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5041 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5042 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5043 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5044 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5045 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5046 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5047 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5048 * different channels may be used within this group.
5049 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5050 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5051 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5052 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5053 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5054 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5055 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5056 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5057 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5058 *
5059 * Examples:
5060 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5061 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5062 *
5063 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5064 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5065 *
5066 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5067 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5068 *
5069 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5070 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5071 *
5072 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5073 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5074 * that any of these groups must match.
5075 *
5076 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5077 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5078 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5079 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5080 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5081 */
5082enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5083 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5084 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5085 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5086 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5087 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5088 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5089 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5090 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5091
5092 /* keep last */
5093 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5094 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5095};
5096
5097
5098/**
5099 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5100 *
5101 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5102 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5103 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5104 * this mesh peer
5105 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5106 * from this mesh peer
5107 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5108 * received from this mesh peer
5109 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5110 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5111 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5112 * plink are discarded
5113 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5114 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5115 */
5116enum nl80211_plink_state {
5117 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5118 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5119 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5120 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5121 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5122 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5123 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5124
5125 /* keep last */
5126 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5127 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5128};
5129
5130/**
5131 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5132 *
5133 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5134 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5135 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5136 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5137 */
5138enum plink_actions {
5139 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5140 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5141 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5142
5143 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5144};
5145
5146
5147#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5148#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5149#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5150
5151/**
5152 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5153 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5154 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5155 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5156 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5157 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5158 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5159 */
5160enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5161 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5162 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5163 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5164 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5165
5166 /* keep last */
5167 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5168 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5169};
5170
5171/**
5172 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5173 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5174 * Beacon frames)
5175 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5176 * in Beacon frames
5177 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5178 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5179 */
5180enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5181 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5182 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5183 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5184};
5185
5186/**
5187 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5188 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5189 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5190 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5191 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5192 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5193 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5194 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5195 */
5196enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5197 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5198 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5199 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5200
5201 /* keep last */
5202 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5203 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5204};
5205
5206/**
5207 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5208 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5209 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5210 * priority)
5211 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5212 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5213 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5214 * (internal)
5215 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5216 * (internal)
5217 */
5218enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5219 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5220 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5221 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5222 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5223
5224 /* keep last */
5225 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5226 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5227};
5228
5229/**
5230 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5231 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5232 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5233 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5234 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5235 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5236 */
5237enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5238 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5239 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5240 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5241 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5242 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5243};
5244
5245/*
5246 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5247 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5248 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5249enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5250};
5251 */
5252
5253/**
5254 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5255 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5256 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5257 * socket option.
5258 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5259 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5260 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5261 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5262 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5263 * cellular base stations.
5264 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5265 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5266 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5267 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5268 * mode
5269 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5270 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5271 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5272 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5273 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5274 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5275 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5277 * setting
5278 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5279 * powersave
5280 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5281 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5282 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5283 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5284 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5285 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5286 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5287 * states using station flags.
5288 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5289 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5290 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5291 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5292 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5293 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5294 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5295 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5296 * still generated by the driver.
5297 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5298 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5299 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5300 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5301 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5302 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5303 * lifetime of a BSS.
5304 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5305 * Set IE to probe requests.
5306 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5307 * to probe requests.
5308 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5309 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5310 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5311 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5312 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5313 * Measurement Report action frame.
5314 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5315 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5316 * to enable dynack.
5317 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5318 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5319 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5320 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5321 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5322 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5323 * rts/cts handshake.
5324 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5325 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5326 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5327 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5328 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5329 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5330 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5331 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5332 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5333 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5334 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5335 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5336 * address mask/value will be used.
5337 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5338 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5339 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5340 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5341 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5342 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5343 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5344 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5345 */
5346enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5347 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5348 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5349 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5350 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5351 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5352 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5353 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5354 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5355 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5356 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5357 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5358 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5359 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5360 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5361 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5362 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5363 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5364 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5365 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5366 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5367 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5368 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5369 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5370 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5371 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5372 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5373 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5374 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5375 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5376 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5377 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5378 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
5379};
5380
5381/**
5382 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5383 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5384 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5385 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5386 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5387 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5388 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5389 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5390 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5391 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5392 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5393 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5394 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5395 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5396 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5397 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5398 * (if available).
5399 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5400 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5401 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5402 * (if available).
5403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5404 * channel dwell time.
5405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5406 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5407 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5408 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5410 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5412 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5413 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5414 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5415 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5416 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5417 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5418 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5419 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5420 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5421 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5422 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5423 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5424 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5425 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5426 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5427 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5428 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5429 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5430 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5431 * be supported.
5432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5433 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5434 * actual dwell time.
5435 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5436 * response
5437 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5438 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5440 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5441 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5442 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5443 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5444 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5445 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5446 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5447 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5448 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5449 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5450 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5451 * "radar detected" event.
5452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5453 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5454 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5455 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5456 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5457 * TXQs.
5458 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5459 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5460 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5461 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5462 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5463 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5464 * timing measurement responder role.
5465 *
5466 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5467 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5468 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5469 * freeze the connection.
5470 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5471 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5472 *
5473 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5474 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5475 * scheduling.
5476 *
5477 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5478 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5479 *
5480 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5481 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5482 *
5483 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5484 * to a station.
5485 *
5486 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5487 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5488 *
5489 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5490 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5491 */
5492enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5493 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5494 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5495 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5496 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5497 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5498 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5499 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5500 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5501 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5502 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5503 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5504 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5505 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5506 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5507 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5508 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5509 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5510 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5511 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5512 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5513 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5514 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5515 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5516 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5517 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5518 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5519 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5520 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5521 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5522 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5523 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5524 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5525 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5526 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5527 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5528 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5529 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5530 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5531 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5532 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5533 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5534
5535 /* add new features before the definition below */
5536 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5537 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5538};
5539
5540/**
5541 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5542 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5543 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5544 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5545 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5546 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5547 * to the host.
5548 *
5549 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5550 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5551 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5552 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5553 */
5554enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5555 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5556 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5557 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5558 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5559};
5560
5561/**
5562 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5563 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5564 * handled by the AP is reached.
5565 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5566 */
5567enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5568 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5569 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5570};
5571
5572/**
5573 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5574 *
5575 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5576 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5577 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5578 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5579 */
5580enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5581 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5582 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5583 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5584 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5585};
5586
5587/**
5588 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5589 *
5590 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5591 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5592 * requests.
5593 *
5594 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5595 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5596 * one of them can be used in the request.
5597 *
5598 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5599 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5600 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5601 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5602 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5603 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5604 * when really needed
5605 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5606 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5607 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5608 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5609 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5610 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5611 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5612 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5613 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5614 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5615 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5616 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5617 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5618 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5619 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5620 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5621 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5622 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5623 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5624 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5625 * SSID and/or RSSI.
5626 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5627 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5628 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5629 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5630 * impacted with this flag.
5631 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5632 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5633 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5634 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5635 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5636 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5637 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5638 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5639 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5640 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5641 * possible.
5642 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5643 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5644 * added by userspace explicitly.)
5645 */
5646enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5647 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5648 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5649 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5650 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5651 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5652 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5653 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5654 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5655 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5656 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5657 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5658 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
5659 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
5660};
5661
5662/**
5663 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5664 *
5665 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5666 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5667 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5668 *
5669 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5670 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5671 * in ACL to authenticate.
5672 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5673 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5674 */
5675enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5676 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5677 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5678};
5679
5680/**
5681 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5682 *
5683 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5684 *
5685 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5686 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5687 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5688 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5689 */
5690enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5691 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5692 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5693 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5694
5695 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5696 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5697};
5698
5699/**
5700 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5701 *
5702 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5703 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5704 *
5705 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5706 * now unusable.
5707 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5708 * the channel is now available.
5709 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5710 * change to the channel status.
5711 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5712 * over, channel becomes usable.
5713 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5714 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5715 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5716 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5717 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5718 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5719 */
5720enum nl80211_radar_event {
5721 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5722 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5723 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5724 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5725 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5726 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5727};
5728
5729/**
5730 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5731 *
5732 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5733 *
5734 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5735 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5736 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5737 * is therefore marked as not available.
5738 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5739 */
5740enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5741 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5742 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5743 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5744};
5745
5746/**
5747 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5748 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5749 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5750 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5751 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5752 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5753 */
5754enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5755 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5756};
5757
5758/**
5759 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5760 *
5761 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5762 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5763 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5764 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5765 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5766 */
5767enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5768 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5769 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5770 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5771 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5772 /* add other protocols before this one */
5773 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5774};
5775
5776/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5777#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5778
5779/**
5780 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5781 *
5782 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5783 *
5784 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5785 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
5786 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
5787 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
5788 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
5789 */
5790enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5791 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5792 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
5793};
5794
5795/*
5796 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5797 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5798 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5799 */
5800#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5801
5802/**
5803 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5804 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5805 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5806 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5807 * added to this file when needed.
5808 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5809 */
5810struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5811 __u32 vendor_id;
5812 __u32 subcmd;
5813};
5814
5815/**
5816 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5817 *
5818 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5819 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5820 *
5821 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5822 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5823 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5824 */
5825enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5826 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5827 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5828 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5829};
5830
5831/**
5832 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5833 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5834 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5835 * seconds (u32).
5836 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5837 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5838 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5839 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5840 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5841 * currently defined
5842 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5843 */
5844enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5845 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5846 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5847 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5848
5849 /* keep last */
5850 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5851 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5852 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5853};
5854
5855/**
5856 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5857 *
5858 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5859 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5860 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5861 */
5862struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5863 __u8 band;
5864 __s8 delta;
5865} __attribute__((packed));
5866
5867/**
5868 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5869 *
5870 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5871 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5872 * is requested.
5873 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5874 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5875 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5876 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5877 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5878 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5879 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5880 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5881 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5882 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5883 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5884 *
5885 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5886 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5887 * which the driver shall use.
5888 */
5889enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5890 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5891 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5892 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5893 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5894
5895 /* keep last */
5896 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5897 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5898};
5899
5900/**
5901 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5902 *
5903 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5904 *
5905 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5906 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5907 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5908 */
5909enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5910 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5911 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5912 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5913
5914 /* keep last */
5915 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5916 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5917};
5918
5919/**
5920 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5921 *
5922 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5923 *
5924 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5925 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5926 */
5927enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5928 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5929 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5930};
5931
5932/**
5933 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5934 *
5935 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5936 *
5937 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5938 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5939 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5940 */
5941enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5942 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5943 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5944 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5945};
5946
5947#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5948#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5949#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5950
5951/**
5952 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5953 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5954 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5955 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5956 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5957 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5958 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5959 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5960 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5961 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5962 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5963 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5964 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5965 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5966 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5967 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5968 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5969 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5970 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5971 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5972 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5973 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5974 * This is a flag.
5975 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5976 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5977 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5978 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5979 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5980 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5981 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5982 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5983 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5984 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5985 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5986 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5987 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5988 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5989 *
5990 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5991 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5992 */
5993enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5994 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5995 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5996 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5997 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5998 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5999 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6000 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6001 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6002 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6003 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6004 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6005 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6006 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6007 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6008 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6009 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6010 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6011
6012 /* keep last */
6013 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6014 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6015};
6016
6017/**
6018 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6019 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6020 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6021 * This is a flag.
6022 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6023 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6024 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6025 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6026 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6027 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6028 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6029 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6030 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6031 */
6032enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6033 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6034 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6035 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6036 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6037 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6038
6039 /* keep last */
6040 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6041 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6042};
6043
6044/**
6045 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6046 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6047 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6048 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6049 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6050 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6051 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6052 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6053 *
6054 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6055 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6056 */
6057enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6058 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6059 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6060 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6061
6062 /* keep last */
6063 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6064 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6065};
6066
6067/**
6068 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6069 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6070 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6071 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6072 */
6073enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6074 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6075 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6076};
6077
6078/**
6079 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6080 * responder attributes
6081 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6082 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6083 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6084 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6085 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6086 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6087 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6088 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6089 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6090 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6091 */
6092enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6093 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6094
6095 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6096 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6097 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6098
6099 /* keep last */
6100 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6101 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6102};
6103
6104/*
6105 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6106 *
6107 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6108 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6109 *
6110 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6111 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6112 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6113 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6114 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6115 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6116 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6117 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6118 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6119 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6120 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6121 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6122 * phase with the responder (u32)
6123 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6124 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6125 * FTM slot (u32)
6126 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6127 * scheduled window (u32)
6128 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6129 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6130 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6131 */
6132enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6133 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6134 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6135 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6136 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6137 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6138 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6139 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6140 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6141 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6142 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6143 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6144
6145 /* keep last */
6146 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6147 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6148};
6149
6150/**
6151 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6152 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6153 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6154 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6155 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6156 */
6157enum nl80211_preamble {
6158 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6159 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6160 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6161 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6162};
6163
6164/**
6165 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6166 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6167 * these numbers also for attributes
6168 *
6169 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6170 *
6171 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6172 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6173 */
6174enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6175 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6176
6177 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6178
6179 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6180 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6181};
6182
6183/**
6184 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6185 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6186 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6187 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6188 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6189 * reason may be available in the response data
6190 */
6191enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6192 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6193 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6194 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6195 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6196};
6197
6198/**
6199 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6200 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6201 *
6202 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6203 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6204 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6205 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6206 * (flag attribute)
6207 *
6208 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6209 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6210 */
6211enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6212 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6213
6214 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6215 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6216
6217 /* keep last */
6218 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6219 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6220};
6221
6222/**
6223 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6224 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6225 *
6226 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6227 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6228 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6229 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6230 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6231 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6232 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6233 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6234 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6235 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6236 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6237 * (u64, usec)
6238 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6239 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6240 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6241 * result.
6242 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6243 *
6244 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6245 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6246 */
6247enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6248 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6249
6250 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6251 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6252 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6253 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6254 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6255 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6256
6257 /* keep last */
6258 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6259 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6260};
6261
6262/**
6263 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6264 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6265 *
6266 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6267 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6268 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6269 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6270 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6271 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6272 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6273 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6274 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6275 *
6276 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6277 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6278 */
6279enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6280 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6281
6282 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6283 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6284 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6285 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6286
6287 /* keep last */
6288 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6289 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6290};
6291
6292/**
6293 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6294 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6295 *
6296 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6297 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6298 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6299 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6300 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6301 * measurement results
6302 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6303 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6304 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6305 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6306 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6307 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6308 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6309 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6310 * sub-attributes taken from
6311 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6312 *
6313 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6314 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6315 */
6316enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6317 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6318
6319 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6320 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6321 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6322 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6323 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6324
6325 /* keep last */
6326 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6327 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6328};
6329
6330/**
6331 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6332 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6333 *
6334 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6335 * is supported
6336 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6337 * mode is supported
6338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6339 * data can be requested during the measurement
6340 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6341 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6342 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6343 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6344 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6345 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6346 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6347 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6348 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6349 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6350 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6351 * is valid)
6352 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6353 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6354 *
6355 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6356 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6357 */
6358enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6359 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6360
6361 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6362 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6363 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6364 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6366 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6367 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6368 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6369
6370 /* keep last */
6371 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6372 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6373};
6374
6375/**
6376 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6377 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6378 *
6379 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6380 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6381 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6382 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6383 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6384 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6385 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6386 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6387 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6388 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6389 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6390 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6391 * requested per burst
6392 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6393 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6394 * (u8, default 3)
6395 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6396 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6397 * (flag)
6398 *
6399 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6400 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6401 */
6402enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6403 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6404
6405 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6406 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6407 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6408 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6409 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6410 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6411 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6412 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6413 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6414
6415 /* keep last */
6416 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6417 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6418};
6419
6420/**
6421 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6423 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6424 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6425 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6426 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6427 * try and get no response)
6428 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6429 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6430 * received
6431 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6432 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6433 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6434 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6435 */
6436enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6437 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6438 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6439 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6440 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6441 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6442 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6443 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6444 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6445};
6446
6447/**
6448 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6449 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6450 *
6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6452 * (u32, optional)
6453 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6454 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6455 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6456 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6457 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6458 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6459 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6460 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6461 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6462 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6463 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6464 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6465 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6466 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6467 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6468 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6469 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6470 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6471 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6472 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6473 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6474 * attributes)
6475 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6476 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6477 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6478 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6479 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6480 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6481 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6482 * optional)
6483 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6484 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6485 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6486 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6487 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6488 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6489 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6490 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6491 * Type 8.
6492 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6493 * (binary, optional);
6494 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6495 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6496 * Type 11.
6497 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6498 *
6499 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6500 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6501 */
6502enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6503 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6504
6505 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6506 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6507 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6508 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6509 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6510 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6511 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6512 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6513 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6514 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6515 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6516 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6517 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6518 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6519 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6520 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6521 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6522 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6523 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6524 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6525 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6526
6527 /* keep last */
6528 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6529 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6530};
6531
6532/**
6533 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
6534 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6535 *
6536 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
6537 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
6538 *
6539 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6540 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
6541 */
6542enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
6543 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
6544
6545 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
6546 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
6547
6548 /* keep last */
6549 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
6550 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6551};
6552
6553
6554#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */